HLF Series Ultra-thin Precision Slide Cylinder

Specifications: HLF20X100S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 100 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 20 20 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.16 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 194 mm AB 181 mm AC 181 mm KB 60 mm LB 45 mm LC 59 mm M 6 holes N 6 holes PA 151 mm Body transverse width 92 mm Mounting transverse pitch 78 mm Height 27 mm Slide height reference 25 mm Base fixing lip thickness 8.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 7.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 9.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 5 mm Top screw depth 9.5 mm Top mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 12 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 5 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 4 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 6.66 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 9.14 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 13.7 N·m; 100 mm stroke: 18.27 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 11 /17 /11 /34 /34 /17 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 1161 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF20X75S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 75 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 20 20 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.16 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 169 mm AB 156 mm AC 156 mm KB 60 mm LB 45 mm LC 40 mm M 6 holes N 6 holes PA 126 mm Body transverse width 92 mm Mounting transverse pitch 78 mm Height 27 mm Slide height reference 25 mm Base fixing lip thickness 8.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 7.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 9.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 5 mm Top screw depth 9.5 mm Top mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 12 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 5 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 4 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 6.66 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 9.14 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 13.7 N·m; 100 mm stroke: 18.27 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 11 /17 /11 /34 /34 /17 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 990 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF20X50S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 50 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 20 20 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.16 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 134 mm AB 121 mm AC 121 mm KB 60 mm LB 45 mm LC 36 mm M 4 holes N 4 holes PA 91 mm Body transverse width 92 mm Mounting transverse pitch 78 mm Height 27 mm Slide height reference 25 mm Base fixing lip thickness 8.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 7.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 9.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 5 mm Top screw depth 9.5 mm Top mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 12 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 5 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 4 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 6.66 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 9.14 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 13.7 N·m; 100 mm stroke: 18.27 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 11 /17 /11 /34 /34 /17 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 808 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF20X40S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 40 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 20 20 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.16 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 124 mm AB 111 mm AC 111 mm KB 60 mm LB 45 mm LC 29 mm M 4 holes N 4 holes PA 81 mm Body transverse width 92 mm Mounting transverse pitch 78 mm Height 27 mm Slide height reference 25 mm Base fixing lip thickness 8.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 7.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 9.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 5 mm Top screw depth 9.5 mm Top mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 12 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 5 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 4 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 6.66 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 9.14 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 13.7 N·m; 100 mm stroke: 18.27 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 11 /17 /11 /34 /34 /17 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 743 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF20X30S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 30 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 20 20 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.16 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 104 mm AB 91 mm AC 91 mm KB 60 mm LB 30 mm LC 29 mm M 4 holes N 4 holes PA 61 mm Body transverse width 92 mm Mounting transverse pitch 78 mm Height 27 mm Slide height reference 25 mm Base fixing lip thickness 8.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 7.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 9.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 5 mm Top screw depth 9.5 mm Top mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 12 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 5 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 4 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 6.66 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 9.14 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 13.7 N·m; 100 mm stroke: 18.27 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 11 /17 /11 /34 /34 /17 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 621 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF20X20S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 20 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 20 20 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.16 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 94 mm AB 81 mm AC 81 mm KB 60 mm LB 30 mm LC 29 mm M 4 holes N 4 holes PA 51 mm Body transverse width 92 mm Mounting transverse pitch 78 mm Height 27 mm Slide height reference 25 mm Base fixing lip thickness 8.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 7.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 9.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 5 mm Top screw depth 9.5 mm Top mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 12 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 5 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 4 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 6.66 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 9.14 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 13.7 N·m; 100 mm stroke: 18.27 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 11 /17 /11 /34 /34 /17 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 575 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF20X10S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 20 mm bore, 10 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 20 20 mm bore X10 10 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.16 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 84 mm AB 71 mm AC 71 mm KB 50 mm LB 20 mm LC 29 mm M 4 holes N 4 holes PA 41 mm Body transverse width 92 mm Mounting transverse pitch 78 mm Height 27 mm Slide height reference 25 mm Base fixing lip thickness 8.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 7.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 9.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 5 mm Top screw depth 9.5 mm Top mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 12 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 5 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 4 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 6.66 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 9.14 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 13.7 N·m; 100 mm stroke: 18.27 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 11 /17 /11 /34 /34 /17 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either selected cylinder chamber port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 530 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF16X100S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 100 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 16 16 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.11 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 184 mm AB 173 mm AC 173 mm LB 45 mm LC 39 mm M 6 holes N 6 holes PA 144 mm Body transverse width 88 mm Mounting transverse pitch 76 mm Height 22 mm Slide height reference 20.5 mm Base fixing lip thickness 7 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 4 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 10 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 4 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 35 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 2 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 3.41 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 5.69 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 7.96 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /12 /10 /28 /28 /12 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 880 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF16X75S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 75 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 16 16 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.11 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 159 mm AB 148 mm AC 148 mm LB 45 mm LC 39 mm M 6 holes N 6 holes PA 119 mm Body transverse width 88 mm Mounting transverse pitch 76 mm Height 22 mm Slide height reference 20.5 mm Base fixing lip thickness 7 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 4 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 10 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 4 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 35 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 2 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 3.41 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 5.69 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 7.96 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /12 /10 /28 /28 /12 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 740 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF16X50S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 50 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 16 16 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.11 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 124 mm AB 113 mm AC 113 mm LB 45 mm LC 29 mm M 6 holes N 4 holes PA 84 mm Body transverse width 88 mm Mounting transverse pitch 76 mm Height 22 mm Slide height reference 20.5 mm Base fixing lip thickness 7 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 4 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 10 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 4 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 35 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 2 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 3.41 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 5.69 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 7.96 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /12 /10 /28 /28 /12 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 579 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF16X40S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 40 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 16 16 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.11 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 114 mm AB 103 mm AC 103 mm LB 45 mm LC 29 mm M 6 holes N 4 holes PA 74 mm Body transverse width 88 mm Mounting transverse pitch 76 mm Height 22 mm Slide height reference 20.5 mm Base fixing lip thickness 7 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 4 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 10 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 4 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 35 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 2 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 3.41 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 5.69 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 7.96 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /12 /10 /28 /28 /12 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 549 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF16X30S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 30 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 16 16 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.11 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 94 mm AB 83 mm AC 83 mm LB 25 mm LC 29 mm M 4 holes N 4 holes PA 54 mm Body transverse width 88 mm Mounting transverse pitch 76 mm Height 22 mm Slide height reference 20.5 mm Base fixing lip thickness 7 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 4 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 10 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 4 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 35 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 2 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 3.41 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 5.69 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 7.96 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /12 /10 /28 /28 /12 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 453 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF16X20S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 20 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 16 16 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.11 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 84 mm AB 73 mm AC 73 mm LB 25 mm LC 29 mm M 4 holes N 4 holes PA 44 mm Body transverse width 88 mm Mounting transverse pitch 76 mm Height 22 mm Slide height reference 20.5 mm Base fixing lip thickness 7 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 4 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 10 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 4 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 35 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 2 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 3.41 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 5.69 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 7.96 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /12 /10 /28 /28 /12 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 421 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF16X10S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 16 mm bore, 10 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 16 16 mm bore X10 10 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.11 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 74 mm AB 63 mm AC 63 mm LB 25 mm LC 20 mm M 4 holes N 4 holes PA 27 mm Body transverse width 88 mm Mounting transverse pitch 76 mm Height 22 mm Slide height reference 20.5 mm Base fixing lip thickness 7 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 5.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 4 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom mounting thread M5 × 0.8 Bottom through-hole diameter 7.5 mm Front fixing screw depth 10 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 4 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 35 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 2 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 30 mm stroke: 3.41 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 5.69 N·m; 70 mm stroke: 7.96 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /12 /10 /28 /28 /12 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 383 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF12X50S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore, 50 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 12 12 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.055 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 116 mm AB 105 mm AC 105 mm LB 65 mm M 6 holes PA 79 mm Body transverse width 68 mm Mounting transverse pitch 58 mm Height 18.5 mm Slide height reference 17 mm Base fixing lip thickness 6 mm Rear adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 3 mm Top screw depth 5.5 mm Top mounting thread M3 × 0.5 Bottom mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom through-hole diameter 6 mm Front fixing screw depth 6 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 3 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 25 mm LC 25 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 1 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 20 mm stroke: 1.65 N·m; 30 mm stroke: 2.22 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 3.34 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /11 /10 /23 /23 /11 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 353 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF12X40S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore, 40 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 12 12 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.055 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 106 mm AB 95 mm AC 95 mm LB 45 mm M 6 holes PA 69 mm Body transverse width 68 mm Mounting transverse pitch 58 mm Height 18.5 mm Slide height reference 17 mm Base fixing lip thickness 6 mm Rear adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 3 mm Top screw depth 5.5 mm Top mounting thread M3 × 0.5 Bottom mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom through-hole diameter 6 mm Front fixing screw depth 6 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 3 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 25 mm LC 25 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 1 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 20 mm stroke: 1.65 N·m; 30 mm stroke: 2.22 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 3.34 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /11 /10 /23 /23 /11 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 319 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF12X30S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore, 30 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 12 12 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.055 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 86 mm AB 75 mm AC 75 mm LB 30 mm M 4 holes PA 49 mm Body transverse width 68 mm Mounting transverse pitch 58 mm Height 18.5 mm Slide height reference 17 mm Base fixing lip thickness 6 mm Rear adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 3 mm Top screw depth 5.5 mm Top mounting thread M3 × 0.5 Bottom mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom through-hole diameter 6 mm Front fixing screw depth 6 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 3 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 25 mm LC 25 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 1 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 20 mm stroke: 1.65 N·m; 30 mm stroke: 2.22 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 3.34 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /11 /10 /23 /23 /11 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 267 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF12X20S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore, 20 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 12 12 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.055 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 76 mm AB 65 mm AC 65 mm LB 22 mm M 4 holes PA 39 mm Body transverse width 68 mm Mounting transverse pitch 58 mm Height 18.5 mm Slide height reference 17 mm Base fixing lip thickness 6 mm Rear adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 3 mm Top screw depth 5.5 mm Top mounting thread M3 × 0.5 Bottom mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom through-hole diameter 6 mm Front fixing screw depth 6 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 3 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 25 mm LC 25 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 1 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 20 mm stroke: 1.65 N·m; 30 mm stroke: 2.22 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 3.34 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /11 /10 /23 /23 /11 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 234 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF12X10S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 12 mm bore, 10 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 12 12 mm bore X10 10 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M5 × 0.8 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.055 J Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 66 mm AB 55 mm AC 55 mm LB 15 mm M 4 holes PA 29 mm Body transverse width 68 mm Mounting transverse pitch 58 mm Height 18.5 mm Slide height reference 17 mm Base fixing lip thickness 6 mm Rear adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Front adjustment maximum 6.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 3 mm Top screw depth 5.5 mm Top mounting thread M3 × 0.5 Bottom mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom through-hole diameter 6 mm Front fixing screw depth 6 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 3 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. KB 25 mm LC 25 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 1 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 20 mm stroke: 1.65 N·m; 30 mm stroke: 2.22 N·m; 50 mm stroke: 3.34 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 10 /11 /10 /23 /23 /11 mm The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each selected M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 206 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF8X30S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore, 30 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 8 8 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M3 × 0.5 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.027 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 78 mm AB 69.5 mm AC 69 mm KB 26 mm LB 40 mm LC 14.5 mm M 6 holes PA 43 mm Body transverse width 58 mm Mounting transverse pitch 48 mm Height 16 mm Slide height reference 15 mm Base fixing lip thickness 4.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5 mm Front adjustment maximum 4.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 3 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M3 × 0.5 Bottom mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom through-hole diameter 6 mm Front fixing screw depth 6 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 3 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 0.6 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 10 mm stroke: 0.56 N·m; 20 mm stroke: 0.78 N·m; 30 mm stroke: 0.98 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 6 /10 /6 /21 /21 /10 mm; A1/A3 are16 mm for HLF8X10 only The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each selected M3 chamber connection. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each selected M3 cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 163 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF8X20S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore, 20 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 8 8 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M3 × 0.5 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.027 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 68 mm AB 59.5 mm AC 59 mm KB 26 mm LB 26 mm LC 14.5 mm M 4 holes PA 33 mm Body transverse width 58 mm Mounting transverse pitch 48 mm Height 16 mm Slide height reference 15 mm Base fixing lip thickness 4.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5 mm Front adjustment maximum 4.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 3 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M3 × 0.5 Bottom mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom through-hole diameter 6 mm Front fixing screw depth 6 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 3 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 0.6 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 10 mm stroke: 0.56 N·m; 20 mm stroke: 0.78 N·m; 30 mm stroke: 0.98 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 6 /10 /6 /21 /21 /10 mm; A1/A3 are16 mm for HLF8X10 only The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each selected M3 chamber connection. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each selected M3 cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 143 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HLF8X10S is a double-acting low-profile crossed-roller precision slide-table cylinder with a 8 mm bore, 10 mm stroke and built-in magnet. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning HLF Low-profile crossed-roller slide table 8 8 mm bore X10 10 mm stroke S With magnet Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a40 μm element Operating pressure —2022 catalog 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to+70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 /+1.0 mm Cushioning Fixed cushioning at both ends Port M3 × 0.5 Sensor profiles CMSH / DMSH / EMSH Maximum allowable kinetic energy 0.027 J Edition note: the linked earlier English catalog specifies0.2 MPa as the minimum for this bore; the2022 Chinese catalog specifies0.15 MPa. The technical table above follows2022. Confirm the supplied edition before selecting a lower working pressure. Current-model dimensions Values are millimeters. Lettered references keep the catalog drawing definitions. M and N in the HLF/HLH dimension tables are hole quantities, not dimensions. Parameter Details A 58 mm AB 49.5 mm AC 49 mm KB 20 mm LB 22 mm LC 13.5 mm M 4 holes PA 23 mm Body transverse width 58 mm Mounting transverse pitch 48 mm Height 16 mm Slide height reference 15 mm Base fixing lip thickness 4.5 mm Rear adjustment maximum 5 mm Front adjustment maximum 4.5 mm Locating-hole diameter 3 mm Top screw depth 6.5 mm Top mounting thread M3 × 0.5 Bottom mounting thread M4 × 0.7 Bottom through-hole diameter 6 mm Front fixing screw depth 6 mm Locating-hole tolerance +0.03 /0 mm Locating-hole depth 3 mm Stroke-setting range note Maximum adjustment at each illustrated end; do not exceed the catalog dimension. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Selection limits Parameter Details Maximum concentrated load reference Wmax 0.6 kg Workpiece mounting factor K 1.0 on the slide table;0.6 on the end plate Published allowable-moment entries for this bore 10 mm stroke: 0.56 N·m; 20 mm stroke: 0.78 N·m; 30 mm stroke: 0.98 N·m Moment-center corrections A1/A2/A3/A4/A5/A6 6 /10 /6 /21 /21 /10 mm; A1/A3 are16 mm for HLF8X10 only The load-selection procedure checks kinetic energy, concentrated-load ratio, static-moment ratio and dynamic-moment ratio. Use the actual workpiece mass, offset, mounting factor and speed. The published example uses impact speed V=1.4×average speed; allowable energy is K×Emax. The sum of the applicable load ratios must not exceed1. The speed-dependent load and moment coefficients are separate graphs; use average speed for static moments and impact speed for dynamic moments. A stroke absent from the moment table is not assigned an interpolated factory rating here. Mounting and features The crossed-roller guide is integrated beside the actuator to reduce height. Straightness and non-rotation support precision assembly. Mount the body from its top or bottom; the table top and front face have workpiece mounting holes. Two inlet/outlet sets are provided at the side and rear. Use the drawing for port locations and the relevant connection set. Front and rear fine stroke adjustments are limited by the dimensions above. Keep the fixture clear of the guide and actuator travel. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 2. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 3. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. 4. Bumper: TPU. 5. Slide table: Aluminum alloy. 6. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 7. Hex nut: Low-carbon steel. 8. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 9. Short-head hex-socket screw: Alloy steel. 10. Guide assembly: Material not separately specified. 11. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 12. Magnet holder: Brass. 13. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 14. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 15. O-ring: NBR. 16. Plug screw: Medium-carbon steel. 17. Magnet pad: NBR. 18. Body: Aluminum alloy. 19. Magnet: Sintered NdFeB. 20. Piston O-ring: NBR. 21. Piston: Brass. 22. Bumper: TPU. 23. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 24. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 25. Rod O-ring: NBR. 26. Floating joint2: Free-cutting steel. 27. Floating joint1: Free-cutting steel. 28. Ø3 steel ball: Stainless steel. 29. Pin: Stainless steel. Series strokes The standard strokes listed for this bore are 10, 20, 30 mm. Other strokes require a specifically defined order. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H (CMSH / DMSH / EMSH)-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HLF cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in a matching sensor groove on the HLF cylinder body. Detection uses the magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional M3 connections and inline control If a 4×2.5 mm tube circuit is selected, BKC0425-M3 fits each selected M3 chamber connection. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. Select the directional valve separately for actual flow, pressure and connections; no 500 mm/s circuit is established here. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each selected M3 cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa for this selected branch, respecting the edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A.Weight reference 122 g, from the2022 cylinder weight-reference table. The catalog states that the actual product weight governs; this is not a packed shipping weight.

Read more less